1 /*******************************************************************************
3 Intel PRO/1000 Linux driver
4 Copyright(c) 1999 - 2006 Intel Corporation.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7 under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
8 version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
10 This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
12 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
15 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
16 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
17 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
19 The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
20 the file called "COPYING".
23 Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
24 e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
25 Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
27 *******************************************************************************/
30 * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
36 static int32_t e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask);
37 static void e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask);
38 static int32_t e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr, uint16_t *data);
39 static int32_t e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr, uint16_t data);
40 static int32_t e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
41 static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
43 static uint8_t e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
44 static int32_t e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
45 static int32_t e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw, e1000_rev_polarity *polarity);
46 static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
47 static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
48 static int32_t e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
49 static int32_t e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t link_up);
50 static int32_t e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
51 static int32_t e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
52 static int32_t e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t bank);
53 static int32_t e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
54 static int32_t e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t *min_length, uint16_t *max_length);
55 static int32_t e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
56 static int32_t e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
57 static int32_t e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
58 static int32_t e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
59 static int32_t e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t timeout);
60 static int32_t e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw *hw);
61 static int32_t e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t cnf_base_addr, uint32_t cnf_size);
62 static int32_t e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw);
63 static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
64 static void e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
65 static boolean_t e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
66 static int32_t e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
67 static int32_t e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw *hw);
68 static int32_t e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum);
69 static int32_t e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw* hw, struct e1000_host_mng_command_header* hdr);
70 static int32_t e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw *hw);
71 static int32_t e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
72 static int32_t e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
73 static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
74 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
75 static int32_t e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
76 static int32_t e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw, struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info);
77 static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
78 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t *data);
79 static int32_t e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte);
80 static int32_t e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte);
81 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t *data);
82 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size, uint16_t *data);
83 static int32_t e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size, uint16_t data);
84 static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
85 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
86 static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
87 static int32_t e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
88 static int32_t e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
89 static int32_t e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t no_snoop);
90 static void e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw);
91 static int32_t e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);
92 static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t offset, uint32_t value);
93 static int32_t e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
94 static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
95 static int32_t e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
96 static int32_t e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
97 static int32_t e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
98 static int32_t e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
99 static int32_t e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
100 static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
101 static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
102 static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
104 static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
105 static int32_t e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
106 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
107 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
108 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
109 uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
111 static int32_t e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
112 static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
113 static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
114 static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
116 static int32_t e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
118 static int32_t e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
120 static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
121 static int32_t e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
122 static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
123 static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
124 static int32_t e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
125 static int32_t e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
126 static int32_t e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
127 static int32_t e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
128 static uint8_t e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
129 static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw,
131 static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw);
133 /* IGP cable length table */
135 uint16_t e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
136 { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
137 5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
138 25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
139 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
140 60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
141 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
142 100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
143 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
146 uint16_t e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
147 { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
148 0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
149 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
150 21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
151 40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
152 60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
153 83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
154 104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
156 /******************************************************************************
157 * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
159 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
160 *****************************************************************************/
162 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
164 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");
166 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
167 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
169 switch (hw->phy_id) {
170 case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
171 case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
172 case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
173 case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
174 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
176 case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
177 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
178 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
179 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
180 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
181 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
184 case IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID:
185 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_3;
188 case IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID:
190 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_ife;
192 case GG82563_E_PHY_ID:
193 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
194 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
199 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
200 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
201 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
204 return E1000_SUCCESS;
207 /******************************************************************************
208 * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
210 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
211 *****************************************************************************/
213 e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
216 uint16_t phy_saved_data;
218 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");
220 if (hw->phy_init_script) {
223 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
224 * the end of this routine. */
225 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
227 /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
228 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
232 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
236 switch (hw->mac_type) {
239 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
241 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
243 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
245 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
247 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
249 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
251 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
253 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
255 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
258 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
259 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
260 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
266 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
270 /* Now enable the transmitter */
271 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
273 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
274 uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;
276 /* Move to analog registers page */
277 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
279 if (!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
280 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
282 fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
283 coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
285 if (coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
286 coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
287 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
288 } else if (coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
289 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
291 fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
292 (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
293 (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
295 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
296 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
297 IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
303 /******************************************************************************
304 * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
306 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
307 *****************************************************************************/
309 e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
311 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");
313 switch (hw->device_id) {
314 case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
315 switch (hw->revision_id) {
316 case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
317 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
319 case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
320 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
323 /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
324 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
327 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
328 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
329 hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
331 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
332 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
333 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
334 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
335 hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
337 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
338 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
339 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
340 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
341 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
342 hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
344 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
345 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
346 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
348 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
349 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
350 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
351 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
353 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
354 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
355 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
356 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
358 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
359 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
360 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
361 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
362 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
363 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3:
364 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
366 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
367 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
368 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
369 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
371 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
372 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
373 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
374 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
375 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
377 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
378 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
379 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
381 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
382 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
384 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
385 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
386 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
387 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER:
388 hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
390 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
391 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
392 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
393 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI:
394 hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
396 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
397 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
398 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
399 hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
401 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_SPT:
402 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_SPT:
403 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_DPT:
404 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
405 hw->mac_type = e1000_80003es2lan;
407 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT:
408 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_AMT:
409 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_C:
410 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE:
411 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M:
412 hw->mac_type = e1000_ich8lan;
415 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
416 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
419 switch (hw->mac_type) {
421 hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present = TRUE;
422 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
424 case e1000_80003es2lan:
425 hw->swfw_sync_present = TRUE;
430 hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
434 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
435 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
436 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
442 return E1000_SUCCESS;
445 /*****************************************************************************
446 * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
448 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
449 * **************************************************************************/
451 e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
455 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");
457 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
458 /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
459 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
462 switch (hw->device_id) {
463 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
464 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
465 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
466 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
467 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
468 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
471 switch (hw->mac_type) {
472 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
473 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
474 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
478 /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
481 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
484 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
485 if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
486 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
487 /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
488 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
490 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
497 /******************************************************************************
498 * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
500 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
501 *****************************************************************************/
503 e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
511 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
514 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");
516 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
517 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
518 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
519 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
522 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
523 /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
524 * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
526 if (e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
527 DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
531 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
532 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
533 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
535 /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units. Then delay to allow
536 * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
539 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
540 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
541 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
543 /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
544 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
546 /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
547 * resetting the device
551 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
553 /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
554 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
555 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
559 /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
560 * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
561 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
564 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
565 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
568 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
569 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
571 if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
574 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
581 /* Workaround for ICH8 bit corruption issue in FIFO memory */
582 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
583 /* Set Tx and Rx buffer allocation to 8k apiece. */
584 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBA, E1000_PBA_8K);
585 /* Set Packet Buffer Size to 16k. */
586 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBS, E1000_PBS_16K);
589 /* Issue a global reset to the MAC. This will reset the chip's
590 * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units. It will not effect
591 * the current PCI configuration. The global reset bit is self-
592 * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
594 DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
596 switch (hw->mac_type) {
602 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
603 /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
604 * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
605 E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
607 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
608 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
609 /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
610 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
613 if (!hw->phy_reset_disable &&
614 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw) == E1000_SUCCESS) {
615 /* e1000_ich8lan PHY HW reset requires MAC CORE reset
616 * at the same time to make sure the interface between
617 * MAC and the external PHY is reset.
619 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST;
622 e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
623 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
627 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
631 /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
632 * device. Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
633 * for reload to complete.
635 switch (hw->mac_type) {
636 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
637 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
640 /* Wait for reset to complete */
642 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
643 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
644 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
645 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
646 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
650 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
652 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
653 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
657 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
659 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
660 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
661 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
662 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
666 /* Auto read done will delay 5ms or poll based on mac type */
667 ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
673 /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
674 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
675 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
676 manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
677 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
680 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
681 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
683 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
684 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
685 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
686 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
687 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
690 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
691 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
692 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
694 /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
695 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
697 /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
698 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
699 if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
700 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
703 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
704 uint32_t kab = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KABGTXD);
705 kab |= E1000_KABGTXD_BGSQLBIAS;
706 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KABGTXD, kab);
709 return E1000_SUCCESS;
712 /******************************************************************************
714 * Initialize a number of hardware-dependent bits
716 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
718 * This function contains hardware limitation workarounds for PCI-E adapters
720 *****************************************************************************/
722 e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
724 if ((hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571) && (!hw->initialize_hw_bits_disable)) {
725 /* Settings common to all PCI-express silicon */
726 uint32_t reg_ctrl, reg_ctrl_ext;
727 uint32_t reg_tarc0, reg_tarc1;
729 uint32_t reg_txdctl, reg_txdctl1;
731 /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
732 reg_tarc0 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC0);
733 reg_tarc0 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29)|(1 << 28)|(1 << 27));
735 /* Enable not-done TX descriptor counting */
736 reg_txdctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
737 reg_txdctl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
738 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, reg_txdctl);
739 reg_txdctl1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
740 reg_txdctl1 |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
741 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, reg_txdctl1);
743 switch (hw->mac_type) {
746 /* Clear PHY TX compatible mode bits */
747 reg_tarc1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC1);
748 reg_tarc1 &= ~((1 << 30)|(1 << 29));
750 /* link autonegotiation/sync workarounds */
751 reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
753 /* TX ring control fixes */
754 reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 26)|(1 << 25)|(1 << 24));
756 /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
757 reg_tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
758 if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
759 reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
761 reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
763 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC1, reg_tarc1);
766 reg_ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
767 reg_ctrl_ext &= ~(1 << 23);
768 reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
770 /* TX byte count fix */
771 reg_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
772 reg_ctrl &= ~(1 << 29);
774 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
775 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, reg_ctrl);
777 case e1000_80003es2lan:
778 /* improve small packet performace for fiber/serdes */
779 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
780 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
781 reg_tarc0 &= ~(1 << 20);
784 /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
785 reg_tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
786 reg_tarc1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC1);
787 if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
788 reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
790 reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
792 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC1, reg_tarc1);
795 /* Reduce concurrent DMA requests to 3 from 4 */
796 if ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
797 ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
798 (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))
799 reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 29)|(1 << 28));
801 reg_ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
802 reg_ctrl_ext |= (1 << 22);
803 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_ctrl_ext);
805 /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
806 reg_tarc0 |= ((1 << 27)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24)|(1 << 23));
808 /* Multiple read bit is reversed polarity */
809 reg_tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
810 reg_tarc1 = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC1);
811 if (reg_tctl & E1000_TCTL_MULR)
812 reg_tarc1 &= ~(1 << 28);
814 reg_tarc1 |= (1 << 28);
816 /* workaround TX hang with TSO=on */
817 reg_tarc1 |= ((1 << 30)|(1 << 26)|(1 << 24));
819 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC1, reg_tarc1);
825 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC0, reg_tarc0);
829 /******************************************************************************
830 * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
832 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
834 * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
835 * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
836 * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
837 * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
838 * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
839 *****************************************************************************/
841 e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
846 uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
847 uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
854 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");
856 /* force full DMA clock frequency for 10/100 on ICH8 A0-B0 */
857 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) &&
858 ((hw->revision_id < 3) ||
859 ((hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT) &&
860 (hw->device_id != E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M)))) {
861 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
862 reg_data &= ~0x80000000;
863 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
866 /* Initialize Identification LED */
867 ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
869 DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
873 /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
874 e1000_set_media_type(hw);
876 /* Must be called after e1000_set_media_type because media_type is used */
877 e1000_initialize_hardware_bits(hw);
879 /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
880 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
881 /* VET hardcoded to standard value and VFTA removed in ICH8 LAN */
882 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
883 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
884 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
885 e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
888 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
889 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
890 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
891 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
892 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
893 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
897 /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
898 * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
900 e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);
902 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
903 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
904 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
905 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
907 if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
908 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
911 /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
912 DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
913 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
914 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
915 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE_ICH8LAN;
916 for (i = 0; i < mta_size; i++) {
917 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
918 /* use write flush to prevent Memory Write Block (MWB) from
919 * occuring when accessing our register space */
920 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
923 /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register. This
924 * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
925 * gives equal priority to transmits and receives. Valid only on
926 * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
928 if (hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
929 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
930 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
933 switch (hw->mac_type) {
934 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
935 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
938 /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
939 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix) {
940 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
941 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
943 cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
944 PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
945 stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
946 PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
947 if (stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
948 stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
949 if (cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
950 pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
951 pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
952 e1000_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
959 /* More time needed for PHY to initialize */
960 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
963 /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
964 ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);
966 /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
967 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
968 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
969 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
970 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
973 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
974 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
977 switch (hw->mac_type) {
980 case e1000_80003es2lan:
981 /* Enable retransmit on late collisions */
982 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
983 reg_data |= E1000_TCTL_RTLC;
984 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, reg_data);
986 /* Configure Gigabit Carry Extend Padding */
987 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT);
988 reg_data &= ~E1000_TCTL_EXT_GCEX_MASK;
989 reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TCTL_EXT_GCEX;
990 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT, reg_data);
992 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
993 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
994 reg_data &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
995 reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
996 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, reg_data);
998 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001);
999 reg_data &= ~0x00100000;
1000 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001, reg_data);
1005 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
1006 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
1007 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
1012 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
1013 uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
1014 gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
1015 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
1018 /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read). It is
1019 * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
1020 * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
1023 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
1025 /* ICH8 No-snoop bits are opposite polarity.
1026 * Set to snoop by default after reset. */
1027 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
1028 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(hw, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
1030 if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER ||
1031 hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3) {
1032 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
1033 /* Relaxed ordering must be disabled to avoid a parity
1034 * error crash in a PCI slot. */
1035 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
1036 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
1042 /******************************************************************************
1043 * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
1045 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
1046 *****************************************************************************/
1048 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1050 uint16_t eeprom_data;
1053 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
1055 if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
1056 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1058 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1059 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
1060 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
1063 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1066 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
1071 if (eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
1072 /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
1073 eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
1074 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
1079 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1082 /******************************************************************************
1083 * Configures flow control and link settings.
1085 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1087 * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
1088 * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
1089 * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
1090 * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
1091 * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
1092 *****************************************************************************/
1094 e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1098 uint16_t eeprom_data;
1100 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");
1102 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
1103 * We do not have to set it up again. */
1104 if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
1105 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1107 /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
1108 * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
1109 * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
1110 * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
1111 * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
1112 * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
1113 * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
1115 if (hw->fc == E1000_FC_DEFAULT) {
1116 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1119 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
1122 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
1125 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
1126 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
1128 if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
1129 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
1130 else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
1131 EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
1132 hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
1134 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
1139 /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
1140 * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
1141 * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
1143 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
1144 hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE);
1146 if ((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
1147 hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE);
1149 hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
1151 DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
1153 /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
1154 * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
1155 * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
1156 * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
1157 * signal detection. So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
1158 * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
1160 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
1161 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
1164 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
1165 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
1167 ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
1169 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
1172 /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
1173 ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
1174 e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
1175 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
1177 /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
1178 * registers to their default values. This is done even if flow
1179 * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
1180 * initialize these registers.
1182 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
1184 /* FCAL/H and FCT are hardcoded to standard values in e1000_ich8lan. */
1185 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
1186 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
1187 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
1188 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
1191 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
1193 /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers. Normally,
1194 * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
1195 * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code. However, if the
1196 * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
1197 * registers will be set to 0.
1199 if (!(hw->fc & E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE)) {
1200 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
1201 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
1203 /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
1204 * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
1206 if (hw->fc_send_xon) {
1207 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
1208 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
1210 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
1211 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
1217 /******************************************************************************
1218 * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
1220 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1222 * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
1223 * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
1224 * and receiver are not enabled.
1225 *****************************************************************************/
1227 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1233 uint32_t signal = 0;
1236 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
1238 /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
1239 * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed. A read to
1240 * the register does not indicate its status. Therefore, we ensure
1241 * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
1243 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
1244 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
1246 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SWDP 1 will be
1247 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
1248 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
1249 * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value
1250 * set in the EEPROM.
1252 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1253 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
1254 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
1256 ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
1260 /* Take the link out of reset */
1261 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
1263 /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
1264 ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
1268 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1270 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
1271 * the device accordingly. If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
1272 * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
1273 * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation. However, if
1274 * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
1275 * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
1277 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
1278 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
1279 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
1280 * not send pause frames).
1281 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
1282 * not support receiving pause frames).
1283 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
1287 /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
1288 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
1290 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
1291 /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
1292 * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
1293 * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
1294 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
1295 * disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
1297 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1299 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
1300 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
1301 * software over-ride.
1303 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
1306 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
1307 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1310 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
1311 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
1315 /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
1316 * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
1317 * restart auto-negotiation. If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
1318 * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
1319 * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
1321 DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
1323 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
1324 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1325 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
1330 /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
1331 * indication in the Device Status Register. Time-out if a link isn't
1332 * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
1333 * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
1334 * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
1336 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
1337 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
1338 DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
1339 for (i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
1341 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
1342 if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
1344 if (i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
1345 DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
1346 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
1347 /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
1348 * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
1349 * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
1350 * non-autonegotiating link partners.
1352 ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
1354 DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
1357 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1359 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1360 DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
1363 DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
1365 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1368 /******************************************************************************
1369 * Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
1371 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1372 ******************************************************************************/
1374 e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1380 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
1382 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1383 /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
1384 * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
1385 * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
1387 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
1388 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
1389 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
1390 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1392 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
1393 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1394 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
1399 /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
1400 ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
1402 DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
1405 DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
1407 /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
1408 ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
1412 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
1413 (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
1414 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1415 phy_data |= 0x00000008;
1416 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1419 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
1420 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
1421 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
1422 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
1424 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1428 /********************************************************************
1429 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
1431 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1432 *********************************************************************/
1434 e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1440 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
1442 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1443 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1445 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1447 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1451 /* Wait 15ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
1453 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
1454 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
1455 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
1456 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
1457 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
1458 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
1461 /* The NVM settings will configure LPLU in D3 for IGP2 and IGP3 PHYs */
1462 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1463 /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
1464 ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1466 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
1471 /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
1472 ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1474 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
1477 /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
1478 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
1482 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
1483 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
1484 /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
1485 phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
1489 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1490 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1494 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1497 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1501 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1505 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
1509 /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
1511 e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
1513 if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
1514 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
1516 if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
1517 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1519 /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
1520 * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
1521 * resolution as hardware default. */
1522 if (hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
1523 /* Disable SmartSpeed */
1524 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1528 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
1529 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1533 /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
1534 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1537 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1538 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1543 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1547 /* load defaults for future use */
1548 hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
1549 ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
1550 e1000_ms_force_master :
1551 e1000_ms_force_slave) :
1554 switch (phy_ms_setting) {
1555 case e1000_ms_force_master:
1556 phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1558 case e1000_ms_force_slave:
1559 phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1560 phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1563 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1567 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1572 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1575 /********************************************************************
1576 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_gg82563 series.
1578 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1579 *********************************************************************/
1581 e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1587 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup");
1589 if (!hw->phy_reset_disable) {
1591 /* Enable CRS on TX for half-duplex operation. */
1592 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
1597 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1598 /* Use 25MHz for both link down and 1000BASE-T for Tx clock */
1599 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_1000MBPS_25MHZ;
1601 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
1607 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1608 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1611 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1613 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1617 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MASK;
1621 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDI;
1624 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDIX;
1628 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_AUTO;
1633 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1634 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1638 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
1639 if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1640 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
1641 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1646 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1647 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1649 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1652 } /* phy_reset_disable */
1654 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
1655 /* Bypass RX and TX FIFO's */
1656 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_FIFO_CTRL,
1657 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_RX_BYPASS |
1658 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_TX_BYPASS);
1662 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, &phy_data);
1666 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR2_REVERSE_AUTO_NEG;
1667 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, phy_data);
1672 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
1673 reg_data &= ~(E1000_CTRL_EXT_LINK_MODE_MASK);
1674 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_data);
1676 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
1681 /* Do not init these registers when the HW is in IAMT mode, since the
1682 * firmware will have already initialized them. We only initialize
1683 * them if the HW is not in IAMT mode.
1685 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw) == FALSE) {
1686 /* Enable Electrical Idle on the PHY */
1687 phy_data |= GG82563_PMCR_ENABLE_ELECTRICAL_IDLE;
1688 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
1693 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
1698 phy_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
1699 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
1706 /* Workaround: Disable padding in Kumeran interface in the MAC
1707 * and in the PHY to avoid CRC errors.
1709 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
1713 phy_data |= GG82563_ICR_DIS_PADDING;
1714 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
1720 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1723 /********************************************************************
1724 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
1726 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1727 *********************************************************************/
1729 e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1734 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
1736 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1737 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1739 /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
1740 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1744 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1747 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1748 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1751 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1753 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1757 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
1760 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
1763 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
1767 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1772 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1773 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1777 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1778 if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1779 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1780 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1784 if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
1785 /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
1788 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1792 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
1794 if ((hw->phy_revision == E1000_REVISION_2) &&
1795 (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID)) {
1796 /* Vidalia Phy, set the downshift counter to 5x */
1797 phy_data &= ~(M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_MASK);
1798 phy_data |= M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_5X;
1799 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
1800 M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1804 /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
1805 phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
1806 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
1807 phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
1808 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
1809 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
1810 M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1816 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1817 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1819 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1823 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1826 /********************************************************************
1827 * Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
1828 * and then perform auto-negotiation.
1830 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1831 *********************************************************************/
1833 e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1838 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
1840 /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
1841 * parameter. If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
1843 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1845 /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
1846 * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
1848 if (hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
1849 hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1851 /* IFE phy only supports 10/100 */
1852 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
1853 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL;
1855 DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
1856 ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
1858 DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
1861 DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
1863 /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
1864 * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
1866 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
1870 phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
1871 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
1875 /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
1876 * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
1878 if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
1879 ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
1881 DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
1886 hw->get_link_status = TRUE;
1888 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1891 /******************************************************************************
1892 * Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
1893 * 1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
1894 * if we are on 82543. If we
1895 * are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
1896 * collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
1897 * 2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
1899 * 3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
1901 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1902 ******************************************************************************/
1904 e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1907 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
1909 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
1910 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1912 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
1914 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
1918 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
1920 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
1924 /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
1925 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1926 ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
1928 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
1933 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1936 /******************************************************************************
1937 * Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
1939 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1940 ******************************************************************************/
1942 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1949 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");
1951 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1952 case e1000_80003es2lan:
1954 /* Set the mac to wait the maximum time between each
1955 * iteration and increase the max iterations when
1956 * polling the phy; this fixes erroneous timeouts at 10Mbps. */
1957 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 4), 0xFFFF);
1960 ret_val = e1000_read_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), ®_data);
1964 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), reg_data);
1971 /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
1972 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
1976 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1977 case e1000_80003es2lan:
1978 /* Kumeran registers are written-only */
1979 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_LINK_STATUS_TX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
1980 reg_data |= E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_DIS_PADDING;
1981 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_INB_CTRL,
1990 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
1991 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
1992 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
1993 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
1996 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
1997 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
2000 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
2001 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(hw);
2007 /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
2008 * and perform autonegotiation */
2009 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
2013 /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
2014 * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
2015 DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
2016 ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
2018 DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
2023 /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
2026 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
2027 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2030 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2034 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
2035 /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
2036 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
2040 DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
2041 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2046 DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
2047 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2050 /******************************************************************************
2051 * Configure the MAC-to-PHY interface for 10/100Mbps
2053 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2054 ******************************************************************************/
2056 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t duplex)
2058 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
2062 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100");
2064 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_10_100_DEFAULT;
2065 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
2070 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
2071 tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
2072 tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
2073 tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_10_100;
2074 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);
2076 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
2081 if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
2082 reg_data |= GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2084 reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2086 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
2092 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2094 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
2098 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000");
2100 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_1000_DEFAULT;
2101 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
2106 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
2107 tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
2108 tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
2109 tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
2110 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);
2112 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
2117 reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2118 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
2123 /******************************************************************************
2124 * Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
2126 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2127 ******************************************************************************/
2129 e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2132 uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
2133 uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
2135 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");
2137 /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
2138 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2142 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
2143 /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
2144 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
2148 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg=0;
2150 /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
2151 * the appropriate PHY registers. First we will parse for
2152 * autoneg_advertised software override. Since we can advertise
2153 * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
2157 /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
2158 * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
2159 * the 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
2161 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
2162 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
2164 DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
2166 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
2167 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
2168 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
2169 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
2172 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
2173 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
2174 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
2175 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
2178 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
2179 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
2180 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
2181 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
2184 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
2185 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
2186 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
2187 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
2190 /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
2191 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
2192 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
2195 /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
2196 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
2197 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
2198 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
2199 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
2200 DEBUGOUT("e1000_phy_ife is a 10/100 PHY. Gigabit speed is not supported.\n");
2204 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
2205 * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly. If
2206 * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
2207 * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
2208 * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
2210 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2211 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2212 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
2213 * but not send pause frames).
2214 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2215 * but we do not support receiving pause frames).
2216 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
2217 * other: No software override. The flow control configuration
2218 * in the EEPROM is used.
2221 case E1000_FC_NONE: /* 0 */
2222 /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
2223 * software over-ride.
2225 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2227 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE: /* 1 */
2228 /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
2229 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
2231 /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
2232 * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
2233 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later
2234 * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
2235 *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
2237 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2239 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE: /* 2 */
2240 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
2241 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
2243 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
2244 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
2246 case E1000_FC_FULL: /* 3 */
2247 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
2250 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2253 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2254 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2257 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2261 DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2263 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
2264 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
2269 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2272 /******************************************************************************
2273 * Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
2275 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2276 ******************************************************************************/
2278 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2282 uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
2283 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2287 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");
2289 /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
2290 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2292 DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
2294 /* Read the Device Control Register. */
2295 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2297 /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
2298 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
2299 ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
2301 /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
2302 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
2304 /* Read the MII Control Register. */
2305 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
2309 /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
2311 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
2313 /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
2314 if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
2315 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
2316 /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
2317 * Device and MII Control Registers.
2319 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
2320 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
2321 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
2323 /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
2324 * the Device and MII Control Registers.
2326 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
2327 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
2328 DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
2331 /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
2332 if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
2333 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
2334 /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
2335 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
2336 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
2337 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
2338 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
2340 /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
2341 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
2342 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
2343 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
2344 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
2347 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2349 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2350 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2352 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
2353 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
2354 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2358 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
2359 * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
2361 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
2362 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2366 DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
2368 /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
2369 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
2371 /* Disable MDI-X support for 10/100 */
2372 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
2373 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
2377 phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX;
2378 phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX;
2380 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, phy_data);
2385 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. IGP requires MDI
2386 * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
2388 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
2392 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
2393 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
2395 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
2400 /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
2401 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
2407 /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
2408 * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
2409 * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
2410 * don't generate false No Link messages. So we will wait here
2411 * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
2414 if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
2415 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
2416 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
2419 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
2420 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2421 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
2424 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2428 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2432 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
2436 ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
2437 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563))) {
2438 /* We didn't get link. Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
2439 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
2441 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
2445 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
2446 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2447 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
2449 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
2452 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2456 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2462 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
2463 /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
2464 * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock. This value
2465 * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
2467 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2471 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
2472 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2476 /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
2477 * TX. This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
2479 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2483 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
2484 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2488 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2489 (!hw->autoneg) && (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2490 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2491 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2495 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
2496 /* The TX_CLK of the Extended PHY Specific Control Register defaults
2497 * to 2.5MHz on a reset. We need to re-force it back to 25MHz, if
2498 * we're not in a forced 10/duplex configuration. */
2499 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2503 phy_data &= ~GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_MASK;
2504 if ((hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) ||
2505 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half))
2506 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_10MBPS_2_5MHZ;
2508 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_100MBPS_25MHZ;
2510 /* Also due to the reset, we need to enable CRS on Tx. */
2511 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
2513 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2517 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2520 /******************************************************************************
2521 * Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
2523 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2525 * Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
2526 * information from the Device Status register.
2527 ******************************************************************************/
2529 e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2531 uint32_t tctl, coll_dist;
2533 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");
2535 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
2536 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
2538 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;
2540 tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
2542 tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
2543 tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
2545 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
2546 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2549 /******************************************************************************
2550 * Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
2552 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2553 * mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
2555 * The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
2557 ******************************************************************************/
2559 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2565 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");
2567 /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
2568 * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
2569 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2570 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2572 /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
2575 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2576 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
2577 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
2579 /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
2580 * registers depending on negotiated values.
2582 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
2586 if (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
2587 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
2589 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
2591 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2593 /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
2594 * negotiated values.
2596 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
2597 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
2598 else if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
2599 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
2601 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2602 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2603 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2606 /******************************************************************************
2607 * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
2609 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2611 * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
2612 * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
2613 * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
2614 * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
2615 * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
2616 *****************************************************************************/
2618 e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2622 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");
2624 /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
2625 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2627 /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
2628 * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
2629 * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
2630 * receive flow control.
2632 * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
2633 * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
2635 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2636 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2637 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
2638 * frames but not send pause frames).
2639 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2640 * frames but we do not receive pause frames).
2641 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
2642 * other: No other values should be possible at this point.
2647 ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
2649 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
2650 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2651 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
2653 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
2654 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2655 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
2658 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2661 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2662 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2665 /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
2666 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
2667 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2669 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2670 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2673 /******************************************************************************
2674 * Configures flow control settings after link is established
2676 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2678 * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
2679 * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
2680 * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
2681 * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
2682 * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
2683 *****************************************************************************/
2685 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2688 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2689 uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
2690 uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
2694 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");
2696 /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
2697 * so we had to force link. In this case, we need to force the
2698 * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
2700 if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2701 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
2702 (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2703 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
2704 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2706 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2711 /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
2712 * enabled. In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
2713 * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
2714 * flow control configured.
2716 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
2717 /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
2718 * has completed. We read this twice because this reg has
2719 * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
2721 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2724 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2728 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
2729 /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
2730 * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2731 * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
2732 * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
2735 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
2739 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
2740 &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
2744 /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2745 * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
2746 * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
2747 * for both the PHY and the link partner. The following
2748 * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
2749 * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
2750 * control is determined based upon these settings.
2751 * NOTE: DC = Don't Care
2753 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2754 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
2755 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2756 * 0 | 0 | DC | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2757 * 0 | 1 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2758 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
2759 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
2760 * 1 | 0 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2761 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
2762 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
2763 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
2766 /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1? If so, this implies
2767 * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends. The
2768 * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
2770 * For Symmetric Flow Control:
2772 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2773 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2774 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2775 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
2778 if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2779 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
2780 /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
2781 * of pause frames. In this case, we had to advertise
2782 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
2783 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
2784 * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
2786 if (hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_FULL) {
2787 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
2788 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
2790 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2791 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2794 /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
2796 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2797 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2798 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2799 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
2802 else if (!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2803 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2804 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2805 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2806 hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
2807 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2809 /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
2811 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2812 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2813 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2814 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
2817 else if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2818 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2819 !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2820 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2821 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2822 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2824 /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
2825 * disabled. However, we want to consider that we could
2826 * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
2827 * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
2828 * partner. So if we advertised no flow control, that is
2829 * what we will resolve to. If we advertised some kind of
2830 * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
2831 * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
2832 * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only. We can do
2833 * this safely for two reasons: If the link partner really
2834 * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
2835 * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
2836 * anyway. If the intent on the link partner was to have
2837 * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
2838 * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
2839 * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
2840 * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
2841 * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
2842 * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
2844 else if ((hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_NONE ||
2845 hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE) ||
2846 hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
2847 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2848 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
2850 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2851 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2854 /* Now we need to do one last check... If we auto-
2855 * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
2856 * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
2858 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
2860 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
2864 if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
2865 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2867 /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
2868 * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
2870 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2872 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2876 DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
2879 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2882 /******************************************************************************
2883 * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
2885 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2887 * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
2888 *****************************************************************************/
2890 e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2897 uint32_t signal = 0;
2901 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");
2903 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2904 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
2906 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
2907 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
2908 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
2910 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
2911 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
2912 rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);
2914 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
2915 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
2916 if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
2917 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2921 /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
2922 * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
2923 * status has changed. The get_link_status flag will be set if we
2924 * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
2927 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
2928 /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
2929 * link. If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
2931 * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
2933 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2936 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2940 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
2941 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2942 /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
2944 e1000_check_downshift(hw);
2946 /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
2947 * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
2948 * reversal workaround. We disable interrupts first, and upon
2949 * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
2950 * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
2951 * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
2954 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2956 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2957 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2958 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
2959 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2960 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
2961 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
2962 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
2966 /* No link detected */
2967 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
2971 /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
2972 * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
2974 if (!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2976 /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
2977 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
2979 /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled. If we
2980 * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
2981 * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
2982 * configuration. So we only need to configure Collision
2983 * Distance in the MAC. Otherwise, we need to force
2984 * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
2987 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2988 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2990 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
2992 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
2997 /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
2998 * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
2999 * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
3001 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
3003 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
3007 /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
3008 * auto-negotiated link. These are conditions for checking the link
3009 * partner capability register. We use the link speed to determine if
3010 * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off. If the link is not
3011 * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed. If we are
3012 * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
3014 if (hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
3015 uint16_t speed, duplex;
3016 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
3018 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
3021 if (speed != SPEED_1000) {
3022 /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
3023 * to enable TBI compatibility.
3025 if (hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
3026 /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
3027 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
3028 rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
3029 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
3030 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
3033 /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
3034 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
3035 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
3036 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
3038 if (!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
3039 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
3040 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
3041 rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
3042 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
3047 /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
3048 * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
3049 * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
3050 * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
3051 * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
3052 * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
3054 else if ((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
3055 ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
3056 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
3057 (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
3058 (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
3059 if (hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
3060 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
3063 DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
3065 /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
3066 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
3068 /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
3069 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3070 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
3071 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3073 /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
3074 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
3076 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
3080 /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
3081 * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
3082 * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
3085 else if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
3086 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
3087 (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
3088 DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
3089 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
3090 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
3092 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
3094 /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
3095 * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
3097 else if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
3098 !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
3099 /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
3101 if (E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
3102 if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
3103 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
3104 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
3107 hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
3108 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
3111 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
3112 (E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
3113 hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
3115 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3118 /******************************************************************************
3119 * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
3121 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3122 * speed - Speed of the connection
3123 * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
3124 *****************************************************************************/
3126 e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3134 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");
3136 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
3137 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
3138 if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
3139 *speed = SPEED_1000;
3140 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
3141 } else if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
3143 DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
3146 DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
3149 if (status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
3150 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
3151 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
3153 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3154 DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\n");
3157 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\n");
3158 *speed = SPEED_1000;
3159 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
3162 /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
3163 * if it is operating at half duplex. Here we set the duplex settings to
3164 * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
3166 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
3167 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
3171 if (!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
3172 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3174 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
3177 if ((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
3178 (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
3179 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3183 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3184 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
3185 if (*speed == SPEED_1000)
3186 ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(hw);
3188 ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(hw, *duplex);
3193 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) && (*speed == SPEED_1000)) {
3194 ret_val = e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(hw);
3199 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3202 /******************************************************************************
3203 * Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
3205 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3206 ******************************************************************************/
3208 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3214 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
3215 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
3217 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
3218 for (i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
3219 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
3220 * Complete bit to be set.
3222 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3225 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3228 if (phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
3229 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3233 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3236 /******************************************************************************
3237 * Raises the Management Data Clock
3239 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3240 * ctrl - Device control register's current value
3241 ******************************************************************************/
3243 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3246 /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
3247 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
3249 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
3250 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3254 /******************************************************************************
3255 * Lowers the Management Data Clock
3257 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3258 * ctrl - Device control register's current value
3259 ******************************************************************************/
3261 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3264 /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
3265 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
3267 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
3268 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3272 /******************************************************************************
3273 * Shifts data bits out to the PHY
3275 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3276 * data - Data to send out to the PHY
3277 * count - Number of bits to shift out
3279 * Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
3280 ******************************************************************************/
3282 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3289 /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
3290 * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
3291 * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
3294 mask <<= (count - 1);
3296 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3298 /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
3299 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
3302 /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
3303 * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
3304 * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
3305 * raising and lowering the clock.
3308 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3310 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3312 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3313 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3317 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3318 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3324 /******************************************************************************
3325 * Shifts data bits in from the PHY
3327 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3329 * Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
3330 ******************************************************************************/
3332 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3338 /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
3339 * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
3340 * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
3341 * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
3342 * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
3343 * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
3345 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3347 /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
3348 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
3349 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3351 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3352 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3354 /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
3355 * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
3356 * last bit of the Register Address.
3358 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3359 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3361 for (data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
3363 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3364 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3365 /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
3366 if (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO)
3368 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3371 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3372 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3378 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
3380 uint32_t swfw_sync = 0;
3381 uint32_t swmask = mask;
3382 uint32_t fwmask = mask << 16;
3383 int32_t timeout = 200;
3385 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_acquire");
3387 if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present)
3388 return e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
3390 if (!hw->swfw_sync_present)
3391 return e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3394 if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3395 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3397 swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
3398 if (!(swfw_sync & (fwmask | swmask))) {
3402 /* firmware currently using resource (fwmask) */
3403 /* or other software thread currently using resource (swmask) */
3404 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3410 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access resource, SW_FW_SYNC timeout.\n");
3411 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3414 swfw_sync |= swmask;
3415 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
3417 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3418 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3422 e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
3425 uint32_t swmask = mask;
3427 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_release");
3429 if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present) {
3430 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
3434 if (!hw->swfw_sync_present) {
3435 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3439 /* if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3440 * return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC; */
3441 while (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS);
3444 swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
3445 swfw_sync &= ~swmask;
3446 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
3448 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3451 /*****************************************************************************
3452 * Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
3453 * page, sets the page first.
3454 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3455 * reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
3456 ******************************************************************************/
3458 e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3465 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");
3467 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3468 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3469 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3471 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3473 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3474 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3476 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3477 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
3478 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
3479 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
3480 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3481 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
3483 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3486 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
3487 if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
3488 (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
3489 /* Select Configuration Page */
3490 if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
3491 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3492 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3494 /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
3495 * registers 30 and 31
3497 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
3498 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
3499 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3503 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3509 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
3512 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3517 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
3522 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
3524 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");
3526 if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
3527 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
3528 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
3531 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3532 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
3533 * Control register. The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
3534 * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
3536 mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
3537 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
3538 (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
3540 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
3542 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
3543 for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
3545 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
3546 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
3548 if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
3549 DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
3550 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3552 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
3553 DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
3554 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3556 *phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
3558 /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
3559 * beginning of an MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
3560 * consecutive "1" bits.
3562 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
3564 /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
3565 * operation. We use this method instead of calling the
3566 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
3567 * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
3568 * defined as follows:
3569 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
3570 * followed by a shift in of 18 bits. This first two bits shifted in
3571 * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
3572 * READ operation is performed. These two bits are thrown away
3573 * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
3575 mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
3576 (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
3578 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
3580 /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
3581 * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
3584 *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
3586 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3589 /******************************************************************************
3590 * Writes a value to a PHY register
3592 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3593 * reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
3594 * data - data to write to the PHY
3595 ******************************************************************************/
3597 e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
3603 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");
3605 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3606 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3607 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3609 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3611 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3612 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3614 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3615 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
3616 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
3617 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
3618 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3619 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
3621 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3624 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
3625 if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
3626 (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
3627 /* Select Configuration Page */
3628 if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
3629 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3630 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3632 /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
3633 * registers 30 and 31
3635 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
3636 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
3637 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3641 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3647 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
3650 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3655 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
3660 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
3662 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");
3664 if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
3665 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
3666 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
3669 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3670 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
3671 * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register. The MAC will take
3672 * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
3674 mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
3675 (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
3676 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
3677 (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
3679 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
3681 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
3682 for (i = 0; i < 641; i++) {
3684 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
3685 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
3687 if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
3688 DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
3689 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3692 /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
3693 * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
3694 * beginning of the MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
3695 * consecutive "1" bits.
3697 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
3699 /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
3700 * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
3701 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
3702 * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
3703 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
3705 mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
3706 (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
3708 mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;
3710 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
3713 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3717 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3723 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_kmrn_reg");
3725 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3726 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3727 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3729 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3731 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3732 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3734 /* Write register address */
3735 reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
3736 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) |
3737 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_REN;
3738 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
3741 /* Read the data returned */
3742 reg_val = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA);
3743 *data = (uint16_t)reg_val;
3745 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3746 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3750 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3756 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_kmrn_reg");
3758 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3759 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3760 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3762 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3764 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3765 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3767 reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
3768 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) | data;
3769 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
3772 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3773 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3776 /******************************************************************************
3777 * Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
3779 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3780 ******************************************************************************/
3782 e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3784 uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
3789 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");
3791 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3792 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3793 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3795 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3797 DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
3799 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3800 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3801 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3802 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3804 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3806 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw)) {
3807 DEBUGOUT("Unable to acquire swfw sync\n");
3808 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3810 /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
3811 * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
3812 * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
3813 * and deassert. For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
3814 * for 50us between and 10ms after the deassertion.
3816 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3817 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
3818 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3820 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
3825 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3826 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3828 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
3831 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3833 /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
3834 * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
3836 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
3837 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
3838 ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3839 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3840 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3842 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3843 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3844 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3848 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
3849 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
3850 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
3851 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
3852 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
3853 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
3856 /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
3857 ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
3858 if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
3860 e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
3862 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) && (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3))
3863 ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(hw);
3868 /******************************************************************************
3871 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3873 * Sets bit 15 of the MII Control register
3874 ******************************************************************************/
3876 e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3881 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");
3883 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3884 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3885 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3887 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3889 switch (hw->phy_type) {
3891 case e1000_phy_igp_2:
3892 case e1000_phy_igp_3:
3894 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
3899 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
3903 phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
3904 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
3912 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
3913 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
3915 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3918 /******************************************************************************
3919 * Work-around for 82566 power-down: on D3 entry-
3920 * 1) disable gigabit link
3921 * 2) write VR power-down enable
3923 * if successful continue, else issue LCD reset and repeat
3925 * hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3926 ******************************************************************************/
3928 e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3934 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround");
3936 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
3941 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
3942 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
3943 E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
3945 /* Write VR power-down enable */
3946 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
3947 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, phy_data |
3948 IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT);
3950 /* Read it back and test */
3951 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
3952 if ((phy_data & IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT) || retry)
3955 /* Issue PHY reset and repeat at most one more time */
3956 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3957 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, reg | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
3965 /******************************************************************************
3966 * Work-around for 82566 Kumeran PCS lock loss:
3967 * On link status change (i.e. PCI reset, speed change) and link is up and
3969 * 0) if workaround is optionally disabled do nothing
3970 * 1) wait 1ms for Kumeran link to come up
3971 * 2) check Kumeran Diagnostic register PCS lock loss bit
3972 * 3) if not set the link is locked (all is good), otherwise...
3974 * 5) repeat up to 10 times
3975 * Note: this is only called for IGP3 copper when speed is 1gb.
3977 * hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3978 ******************************************************************************/
3980 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3987 if (hw->kmrn_lock_loss_workaround_disabled)
3988 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3990 /* Make sure link is up before proceeding. If not just return.
3991 * Attempting this while link is negotiating fouled up link
3993 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3994 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3996 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
3997 for (cnt = 0; cnt < 10; cnt++) {
3998 /* read once to clear */
3999 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
4002 /* and again to get new status */
4003 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
4007 /* check for PCS lock */
4008 if (!(phy_data & IGP3_KMRN_DIAG_PCS_LOCK_LOSS))
4009 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4011 /* Issue PHY reset */
4012 e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
4015 /* Disable GigE link negotiation */
4016 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
4017 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
4018 E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
4020 /* unable to acquire PCS lock */
4021 return E1000_ERR_PHY;
4024 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4027 /******************************************************************************
4028 * Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
4030 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4031 ******************************************************************************/
4033 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4035 int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
4036 uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
4037 boolean_t match = FALSE;
4039 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");
4041 if (hw->phy_id != 0)
4042 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4044 /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY. In this
4045 * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done. So
4046 * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
4047 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
4048 hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
4049 hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
4050 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
4051 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4054 /* ESB-2 PHY reads require e1000_phy_gg82563 to be set because of a work-
4055 * around that forces PHY page 0 to be set or the reads fail. The rest of
4056 * the code in this routine uses e1000_read_phy_reg to read the PHY ID.
4057 * So for ESB-2 we need to have this set so our reads won't fail. If the
4058 * attached PHY is not a e1000_phy_gg82563, the routines below will figure
4059 * this out as well. */
4060 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
4061 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
4063 /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
4064 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
4068 hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
4070 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
4074 hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
4075 hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
4077 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4079 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4082 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4086 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
4088 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
4089 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4092 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4094 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4095 if (hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4098 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4100 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4101 if (hw->phy_id == GG82563_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4104 if (hw->phy_id == IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4105 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4106 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4107 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_C_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4110 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
4111 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4113 phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);
4115 if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
4116 DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
4117 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4119 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
4120 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
4123 /******************************************************************************
4124 * Resets the PHY's DSP
4126 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4127 ******************************************************************************/
4129 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4132 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");
4135 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
4136 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
4139 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
4141 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
4143 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4149 /******************************************************************************
4150 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
4152 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4153 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4154 ******************************************************************************/
4156 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4157 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4160 uint16_t phy_data, min_length, max_length, average;
4161 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4163 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");
4165 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
4166 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
4167 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4169 /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
4170 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4172 /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
4173 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4175 /* Check polarity status */
4176 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4180 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4182 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
4186 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
4187 IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
4189 if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
4190 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
4191 /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
4192 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
4196 phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
4197 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4198 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4199 phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
4200 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4201 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4203 /* Get cable length */
4204 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
4208 /* Translate to old method */
4209 average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
4211 if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
4212 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
4213 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
4214 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
4215 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
4216 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
4217 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
4218 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
4220 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
4223 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4226 /******************************************************************************
4227 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers for ife PHY only.
4229 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4230 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4231 ******************************************************************************/
4233 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4234 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4238 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4240 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_ife_get_info");
4242 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4243 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4245 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
4248 phy_info->polarity_correction =
4249 ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE) >>
4250 IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE_SHIFT) ?
4251 e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4253 if (phy_info->polarity_correction == e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled) {
4254 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4258 /* Polarity is forced. */
4259 polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY) >>
4260 IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
4261 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
4263 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4265 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
4269 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)
4270 ((phy_data & (IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX | IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX)) >>
4271 IFE_PMC_MDIX_MODE_SHIFT);
4273 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4276 /******************************************************************************
4277 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
4279 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4280 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4281 ******************************************************************************/
4283 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4284 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4288 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4290 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");
4292 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
4293 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
4294 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4296 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
4300 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
4301 ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
4302 M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT) ?
4303 e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_lower : e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4305 phy_info->polarity_correction =
4306 ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
4307 M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT) ?
4308 e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4310 /* Check polarity status */
4311 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4314 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4316 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
4320 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
4321 M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
4323 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
4324 /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
4325 * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
4327 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
4328 phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
4329 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
4331 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
4336 phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)(phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH);
4339 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
4343 phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
4344 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4345 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4346 phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
4347 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4348 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4352 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4355 /******************************************************************************
4356 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers
4358 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4359 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4360 ******************************************************************************/
4362 e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4363 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4368 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");
4370 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
4371 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
4372 phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
4373 phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
4374 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
4375 phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
4376 phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
4377 phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
4379 if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
4380 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
4381 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4384 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
4388 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
4392 if ((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
4393 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
4394 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4397 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
4398 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
4399 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
4400 return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4401 else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
4402 return e1000_phy_ife_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4404 return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4408 e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4410 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");
4412 if (!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
4413 DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
4415 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4417 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4421 /******************************************************************************
4422 * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct. Must be called after mac_type
4423 * is configured. Additionally, if this is ICH8, the flash controller GbE
4424 * registers must be mapped, or this will crash.
4426 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4427 *****************************************************************************/
4429 e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4431 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4432 uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4433 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4434 uint16_t eeprom_size;
4436 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");
4438 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4439 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
4440 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
4443 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4444 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4445 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4446 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4447 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4448 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4449 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4453 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
4455 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
4456 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4457 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4458 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4459 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
4460 eeprom->word_size = 256;
4461 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4463 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4464 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4466 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4467 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4470 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4472 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4473 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
4474 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4475 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4476 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4477 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4478 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4479 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4481 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4482 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4485 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4486 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4487 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4488 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4489 eeprom->word_size = 256;
4490 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4492 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4493 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4496 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4497 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4501 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4502 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4503 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4504 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4505 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4506 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4508 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4509 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4511 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4512 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4515 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4516 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4517 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4518 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4519 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4520 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4522 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4523 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4525 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
4526 eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
4527 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
4528 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
4529 eeprom->word_size = 2048;
4531 /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
4532 * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
4533 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
4534 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4537 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4538 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4539 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4540 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4541 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4542 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4543 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4545 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4546 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4548 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
4549 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4554 uint32_t flash_size = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_GFPREG);
4556 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_ich8;
4557 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4558 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4559 eeprom->word_size = E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS;
4561 /* Zero the shadow RAM structure. But don't load it from NVM
4562 * so as to save time for driver init */
4563 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
4564 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
4565 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
4566 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
4570 hw->flash_base_addr = (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) *
4571 ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
4573 hw->flash_bank_size = ((flash_size >> 16) & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) + 1;
4574 hw->flash_bank_size -= (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK);
4575 hw->flash_bank_size *= ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
4576 hw->flash_bank_size /= 2 * sizeof(uint16_t);
4584 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4585 /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
4586 * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
4588 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
4589 /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
4590 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4591 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
4594 eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
4595 /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
4596 * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
4597 * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
4601 eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
4602 E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
4605 eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
4610 /******************************************************************************
4611 * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
4613 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4614 * eecd - EECD's current value
4615 *****************************************************************************/
4617 e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4620 /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
4621 * wait <delay> microseconds.
4623 *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
4624 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
4625 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4626 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4629 /******************************************************************************
4630 * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
4632 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4633 * eecd - EECD's current value
4634 *****************************************************************************/
4636 e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4639 /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
4640 * wait 50 microseconds.
4642 *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4643 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
4644 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4645 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4648 /******************************************************************************
4649 * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
4651 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4652 * data - data to send to the EEPROM
4653 * count - number of bits to shift out
4654 *****************************************************************************/
4656 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4660 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4664 /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
4665 * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
4666 * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
4668 mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
4669 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4670 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4671 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
4672 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4673 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
4676 /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
4677 * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
4678 * the clock input to the EEPROM). A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
4679 * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
4681 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
4684 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
4686 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4687 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4689 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4691 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4692 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4698 /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
4699 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
4700 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4703 /******************************************************************************
4704 * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
4706 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4707 *****************************************************************************/
4709 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4716 /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
4717 * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
4718 * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
4719 * the "DO" bit. During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
4723 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4725 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
4728 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
4730 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4732 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4734 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
4735 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
4738 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4744 /******************************************************************************
4745 * Prepares EEPROM for access
4747 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4749 * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
4750 * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
4751 *****************************************************************************/
4753 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4755 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4758 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");
4760 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
4761 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
4762 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4764 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
4765 /* Request EEPROM Access */
4766 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
4767 eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
4768 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4769 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4770 while ((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
4771 (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
4774 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4776 if (!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
4777 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
4778 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4779 DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
4780 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
4781 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4786 /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
4788 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4789 /* Clear SK and DI */
4790 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
4791 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4794 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4795 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4796 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4797 /* Clear SK and CS */
4798 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
4799 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4803 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4806 /******************************************************************************
4807 * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
4809 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4810 *****************************************************************************/
4812 e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4814 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4817 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4819 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4820 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
4821 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4822 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4823 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4826 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
4827 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4828 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4829 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4832 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4833 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4834 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4835 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4838 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4839 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4840 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4841 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4842 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4843 /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
4844 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4845 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4846 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4847 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4848 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
4849 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4850 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4851 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4855 /******************************************************************************
4856 * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
4858 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4859 *****************************************************************************/
4861 e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4865 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");
4867 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4869 if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4870 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS; /* Pull CS high */
4871 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
4873 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4875 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4876 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4877 /* cleanup eeprom */
4879 /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
4880 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
4882 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4884 /* Rising edge of clock */
4885 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
4886 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4887 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4888 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4890 /* Falling edge of clock */
4891 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4892 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4893 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4894 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4897 /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
4898 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
4899 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
4900 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4903 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
4906 /******************************************************************************
4907 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
4909 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4910 *****************************************************************************/
4912 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4914 uint16_t retry_count = 0;
4915 uint8_t spi_stat_reg;
4917 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");
4919 /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared. The
4920 * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
4921 * bit 0 of the internal status register. If it's not cleared within
4922 * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
4926 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
4927 hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
4928 spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
4929 if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
4935 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4936 } while (retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
4938 /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
4939 * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
4941 if (retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
4942 DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
4943 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4946 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4949 /******************************************************************************
4950 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
4952 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4953 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4954 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4955 * words - number of words to read
4956 *****************************************************************************/
4958 e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4963 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4966 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
4968 /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
4969 if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
4970 e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
4972 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
4975 if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
4977 DEBUGOUT2("\"words\" parameter out of bounds. Words = %d, size = %d\n", offset, eeprom->word_size);
4978 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4981 /* EEPROM's that don't use EERD to read require us to bit-bang the SPI
4982 * directly. In this case, we need to acquire the EEPROM so that
4983 * FW or other port software does not interrupt.
4985 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE &&
4986 hw->eeprom.use_eerd == FALSE) {
4987 /* Prepare the EEPROM for bit-bang reading */
4988 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
4989 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4992 /* Eerd register EEPROM access requires no eeprom aquire/release */
4993 if (eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE)
4994 return e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
4996 /* ICH EEPROM access is done via the ICH flash controller */
4997 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
4998 return e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
5000 /* Set up the SPI or Microwire EEPROM for bit-bang reading. We have
5001 * acquired the EEPROM at this point, so any returns should relase it */
5002 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
5004 uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
5006 if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
5007 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5008 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5011 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5013 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
5014 if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
5015 read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
5017 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
5018 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
5019 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
5021 /* Read the data. The address of the eeprom internally increments with
5022 * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
5023 * and tear-down. The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
5024 * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
5025 * starting from any offset. */
5026 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5027 word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
5028 data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
5030 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
5031 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5032 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
5033 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5034 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5035 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
5036 eeprom->address_bits);
5038 /* Read the data. For microwire, each word requires the overhead
5039 * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
5040 data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
5041 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5045 /* End this read operation */
5046 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5048 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5051 /******************************************************************************
5052 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
5054 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5055 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5056 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5057 * words - number of words to read
5058 *****************************************************************************/
5060 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5065 uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
5068 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5069 eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
5070 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
5072 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
5073 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
5078 data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
5085 /******************************************************************************
5086 * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
5088 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5089 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5090 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5091 * words - number of words to read
5092 *****************************************************************************/
5094 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5099 uint32_t register_value = 0;
5103 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
5104 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
5106 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5107 register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
5108 ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
5109 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
5111 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
5116 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);
5118 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
5125 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
5129 /******************************************************************************
5130 * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
5132 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5133 *****************************************************************************/
5135 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
5137 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
5138 uint32_t i, reg = 0;
5139 int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5141 for (i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
5142 if (eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
5143 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
5145 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);
5147 if (reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
5148 done = E1000_SUCCESS;
5157 /***************************************************************************
5158 * Description: Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
5160 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5161 ****************************************************************************/
5163 e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5167 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom");
5169 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5172 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5173 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5175 /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
5176 eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
5178 /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
5186 /******************************************************************************
5187 * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
5189 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5191 * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
5192 * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
5194 *****************************************************************************/
5196 e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5198 uint16_t checksum = 0;
5199 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
5201 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");
5203 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
5204 (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
5205 /* Check bit 4 of word 10h. If it is 0, firmware is done updating
5206 * 10h-12h. Checksum may need to be fixed. */
5207 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
5208 if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
5209 /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15. This bit is a 1 when the checksum
5210 * has already been fixed. If the checksum is still wrong and this
5211 * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum. Otherwise, we need
5212 * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
5213 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
5214 if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
5215 eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
5216 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
5217 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
5222 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5223 /* Drivers must allocate the shadow ram structure for the
5224 * EEPROM checksum to be updated. Otherwise, this bit as well
5225 * as the checksum must both be set correctly for this
5226 * validation to pass.
5228 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
5229 if ((eeprom_data & 0x40) == 0) {
5230 eeprom_data |= 0x40;
5231 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
5232 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
5236 for (i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
5237 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5238 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5239 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5241 checksum += eeprom_data;
5244 if (checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
5245 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5247 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
5248 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5252 /******************************************************************************
5253 * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
5255 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5257 * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
5258 * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
5259 *****************************************************************************/
5261 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5264 uint16_t checksum = 0;
5265 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
5267 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");
5269 for (i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
5270 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5271 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5272 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5274 checksum += eeprom_data;
5276 checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
5277 if (e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
5278 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
5279 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5280 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
5281 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
5282 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_ich8) {
5283 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
5284 /* Reload the EEPROM, or else modifications will not appear
5285 * until after next adapter reset. */
5286 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
5287 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
5288 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
5291 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5294 /******************************************************************************
5295 * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
5297 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5298 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5299 * words - number of words to write
5300 * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
5302 * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
5303 * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
5304 *****************************************************************************/
5306 e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5311 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5314 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");
5316 /* If eeprom is not yet detected, do so now */
5317 if (eeprom->word_size == 0)
5318 e1000_init_eeprom_params(hw);
5320 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
5323 if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
5325 DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
5326 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5329 /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
5330 if (eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
5331 return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
5333 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
5334 return e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
5336 /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing */
5337 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
5338 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5340 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
5341 status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
5343 status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
5347 /* Done with writing */
5348 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5353 /******************************************************************************
5354 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
5356 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5357 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5358 * words - number of words to write
5359 * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
5361 *****************************************************************************/
5363 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5368 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5371 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");
5373 while (widx < words) {
5374 uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
5376 if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5378 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5380 /* Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode ) */
5381 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
5382 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5384 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5386 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
5387 if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
5388 write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
5390 /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
5391 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
5393 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
5394 eeprom->address_bits);
5398 /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
5399 while (widx < words) {
5400 uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
5401 word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
5402 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
5405 /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
5406 * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
5407 * PAGE WRITE operation. Break the inner loop to pass new address
5409 if ((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
5410 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5416 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5419 /******************************************************************************
5420 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
5422 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5423 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5424 * words - number of words to write
5425 * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
5427 *****************************************************************************/
5429 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5434 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5436 uint16_t words_written = 0;
5439 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");
5441 /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
5442 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11). It's less work to include
5443 * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
5444 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This puts the
5445 * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
5447 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5448 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
5450 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
5452 /* Prepare the EEPROM */
5453 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5455 while (words_written < words) {
5456 /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
5457 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5458 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5460 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
5461 eeprom->address_bits);
5464 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
5466 /* Toggle the CS line. This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
5467 * the previous command.
5469 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5471 /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1'). The EEPROM will
5472 * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
5473 * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
5475 for (i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
5476 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5477 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
5481 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
5482 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5485 /* Recover from write */
5486 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5491 /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
5492 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10). It's less work to include
5493 * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
5494 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This takes the
5495 * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
5497 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5498 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
5500 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
5502 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5505 /******************************************************************************
5506 * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
5507 * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
5510 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5511 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5512 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5513 * words - number of words to read
5514 *****************************************************************************/
5516 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5518 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
5522 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
5523 uint32_t old_bank_offset = 0;
5524 uint32_t new_bank_offset = 0;
5525 uint8_t low_byte = 0;
5526 uint8_t high_byte = 0;
5527 boolean_t sector_write_failed = FALSE;
5529 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5530 /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
5531 flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);
5532 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
5533 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5534 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
5540 if (i == attempts) {
5541 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5544 /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
5545 if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
5546 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
5549 /* Perform the flash update */
5550 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
5552 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
5553 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5554 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
5560 if (i == attempts) {
5561 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5565 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan && hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
5566 /* We're writing to the opposite bank so if we're on bank 1,
5567 * write to bank 0 etc. We also need to erase the segment that
5568 * is going to be written */
5569 if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL)) {
5570 new_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
5571 old_bank_offset = 0;
5572 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 1);
5574 old_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
5575 new_bank_offset = 0;
5576 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 0);
5579 sector_write_failed = FALSE;
5580 /* Loop for every byte in the shadow RAM,
5581 * which is in units of words. */
5582 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
5583 /* Determine whether to write the value stored
5584 * in the other NVM bank or a modified value stored
5585 * in the shadow RAM */
5586 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified == TRUE) {
5587 low_byte = (uint8_t)hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word;
5589 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5590 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
5592 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5593 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5596 (uint8_t)(hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word >> 8);
5600 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
5603 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5604 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
5606 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5607 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5609 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
5615 /* If the write of the low byte was successful, go ahread and
5616 * write the high byte while checking to make sure that if it
5617 * is the signature byte, then it is handled properly */
5618 if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
5619 /* If the word is 0x13, then make sure the signature bits
5620 * (15:14) are 11b until the commit has completed.
5621 * This will allow us to write 10b which indicates the
5622 * signature is valid. We want to do this after the write
5623 * has completed so that we don't mark the segment valid
5624 * while the write is still in progress */
5625 if (i == E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD)
5626 high_byte = E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_MASK | high_byte;
5628 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5629 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset + 1, high_byte);
5630 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5631 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5634 /* If the write failed then break from the loop and
5635 * return an error */
5640 /* Don't bother writing the segment valid bits if sector
5641 * programming failed. */
5642 if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
5643 /* Finally validate the new segment by setting bit 15:14
5644 * to 10b in word 0x13 , this can be done without an
5645 * erase as well since these bits are 11 to start with
5646 * and we need to change bit 14 to 0b */
5647 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw,
5648 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
5651 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5652 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset, high_byte);
5653 /* And invalidate the previously valid segment by setting
5654 * its signature word (0x13) high_byte to 0b. This can be
5655 * done without an erase because flash erase sets all bits
5656 * to 1's. We can write 1's to 0's without an erase */
5657 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
5658 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5659 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + old_bank_offset, 0);
5662 /* Clear the now not used entry in the cache */
5663 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
5664 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
5665 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
5673 /******************************************************************************
5674 * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
5675 * second function of dual function devices
5677 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5678 *****************************************************************************/
5680 e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw * hw)
5683 uint16_t eeprom_data, i;
5685 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");
5687 for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
5689 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5690 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5691 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5693 hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
5694 hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
5697 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5701 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
5703 case e1000_80003es2lan:
5704 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
5705 hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
5709 for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
5710 hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
5711 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5714 /******************************************************************************
5715 * Initializes receive address filters.
5717 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5719 * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
5720 * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
5721 * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
5722 *****************************************************************************/
5724 e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5729 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");
5731 /* Setup the receive address. */
5732 DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
5734 e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
5736 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
5738 /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
5739 * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
5740 * the other port. */
5741 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
5743 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5744 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
5746 /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
5747 DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
5748 for (i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
5749 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
5750 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5751 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
5752 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5756 /******************************************************************************
5757 * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
5759 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5760 * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
5761 *****************************************************************************/
5763 e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5766 uint32_t hash_value = 0;
5768 /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
5769 * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
5771 switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
5772 /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
5777 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5778 /* [47:38] i.e. 0x158 for above example address */
5779 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 6) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 2));
5781 /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
5782 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
5786 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5787 /* [46:37] i.e. 0x2B1 for above example address */
5788 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 5) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 3));
5790 /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
5791 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
5795 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5796 /*[45:36] i.e. 0x163 for above example address */
5797 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
5799 /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
5800 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
5804 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5805 /* [43:34] i.e. 0x18D for above example address */
5806 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
5808 /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
5809 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
5814 hash_value &= 0xFFF;
5815 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5816 hash_value &= 0x3FF;
5821 /******************************************************************************
5822 * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
5824 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5825 * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
5826 *****************************************************************************/
5828 e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5829 uint32_t hash_value)
5831 uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
5835 /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
5836 * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits. We want to set
5837 * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
5838 * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
5839 * back the new value. The register is determined by the
5840 * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
5841 * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
5843 hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
5844 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5847 hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
5849 mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
5851 mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
5853 /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
5854 * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
5855 * restore the old value after writing.
5857 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
5858 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
5859 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
5860 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5861 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
5862 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5864 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
5865 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5869 /******************************************************************************
5870 * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
5872 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5873 * addr - Address to put into receive address register
5874 * index - Receive address register to write
5875 *****************************************************************************/
5877 e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5881 uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;
5883 /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
5884 * from network order (big endian) to little endian
5886 rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
5887 ((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
5888 ((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));
5889 rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8));
5891 /* Disable Rx and flush all Rx frames before enabling RSS to avoid Rx
5895 * If there are any Rx frames queued up or otherwise present in the HW
5896 * before RSS is enabled, and then we enable RSS, the HW Rx unit will
5897 * hang. To work around this issue, we have to disable receives and
5898 * flush out all Rx frames before we enable RSS. To do so, we modify we
5899 * redirect all Rx traffic to manageability and then reset the HW.
5900 * This flushes away Rx frames, and (since the redirections to
5901 * manageability persists across resets) keeps new ones from coming in
5902 * while we work. Then, we clear the Address Valid AV bit for all MAC
5903 * addresses and undo the re-direction to manageability.
5904 * Now, frames are coming in again, but the MAC won't accept them, so
5905 * far so good. We now proceed to initialize RSS (if necessary) and
5906 * configure the Rx unit. Last, we re-enable the AV bits and continue
5909 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5912 case e1000_80003es2lan:
5913 if (hw->leave_av_bit_off == TRUE)
5916 /* Indicate to hardware the Address is Valid. */
5917 rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
5921 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
5922 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5923 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
5924 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5927 /******************************************************************************
5928 * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
5930 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5931 * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
5932 * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
5933 *****************************************************************************/
5935 e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5941 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5944 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
5945 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
5946 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
5947 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5948 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
5949 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5951 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
5952 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5956 /******************************************************************************
5957 * Clears the VLAN filer table
5959 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5960 *****************************************************************************/
5962 e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5965 uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
5966 uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
5967 uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
5969 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5972 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5973 if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
5974 /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
5975 * ID. The following operations determine which 32b entry
5976 * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
5977 * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
5978 vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
5979 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
5980 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
5981 vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
5982 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
5985 for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
5986 /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
5987 * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
5988 * manageability unit */
5989 vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
5990 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
5991 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5996 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw)
5999 const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
6000 const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
6001 const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
6002 uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
6003 const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;
6005 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");
6007 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
6009 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6012 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
6013 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
6014 hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
6015 hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
6017 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
6018 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
6019 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
6022 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
6023 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_82573))
6024 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_82573;
6025 else if ((eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
6026 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) {
6027 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
6028 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_ICH8LAN;
6030 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
6033 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
6034 temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
6036 case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
6037 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
6038 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
6039 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6040 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
6042 case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
6043 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
6044 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
6045 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6046 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
6053 case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
6054 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
6055 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
6056 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6057 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
6059 case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
6060 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
6061 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
6062 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6063 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
6070 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6073 /******************************************************************************
6074 * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
6076 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6077 *****************************************************************************/
6079 e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6082 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
6084 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");
6086 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6087 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6088 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6091 /* No setup necessary */
6095 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
6096 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
6097 /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
6098 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6099 &hw->phy_spd_default);
6102 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6103 (uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
6104 ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
6109 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6110 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
6111 /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
6112 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
6114 ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
6115 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
6116 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
6117 ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
6118 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
6119 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
6120 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
6121 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
6125 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6129 /******************************************************************************
6130 * Used on 82571 and later Si that has LED blink bits.
6131 * Callers must use their own timer and should have already called
6132 * e1000_id_led_init()
6133 * Call e1000_cleanup led() to stop blinking
6135 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6136 *****************************************************************************/
6138 e1000_blink_led_start(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6141 uint32_t ledctl_blink = 0;
6143 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_blink_on");
6145 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) {
6147 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6149 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6150 /* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
6151 ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
6152 (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
6154 /* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E) in ledctl_mode2 */
6155 ledctl_blink = hw->ledctl_mode2;
6156 for (i=0; i < 4; i++)
6157 if (((hw->ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
6158 E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
6159 ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK << (i * 8));
6162 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);
6164 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6167 /******************************************************************************
6168 * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
6170 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6171 *****************************************************************************/
6173 e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6175 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
6177 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");
6179 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6180 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6181 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6184 /* No cleanup necessary */
6188 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
6189 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
6190 /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
6191 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6192 hw->phy_spd_default);
6197 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6198 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED, 0);
6201 /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
6202 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
6206 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6209 /******************************************************************************
6210 * Turns on the software controllable LED
6212 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6213 *****************************************************************************/
6215 e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6217 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6219 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");
6221 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6222 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6223 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6225 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6226 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6227 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6230 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6231 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6232 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6233 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6235 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6236 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6237 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6241 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6242 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6243 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6244 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6245 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6246 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
6247 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_ON));
6248 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
6249 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
6250 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6255 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6257 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6260 /******************************************************************************
6261 * Turns off the software controllable LED
6263 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6264 *****************************************************************************/
6266 e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6268 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6270 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");
6272 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6273 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6274 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6276 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6277 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6278 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6281 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6282 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6283 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6284 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6286 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6287 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6288 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6292 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6293 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6294 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6295 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6296 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6297 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
6298 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_OFF));
6299 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
6300 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
6301 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6306 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6308 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6311 /******************************************************************************
6312 * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
6314 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6315 *****************************************************************************/
6317 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6319 volatile uint32_t temp;
6321 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
6322 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
6323 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
6324 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
6325 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
6326 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
6327 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
6328 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
6329 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
6330 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
6331 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
6332 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
6333 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
6334 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
6335 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
6336 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);
6338 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
6339 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
6340 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
6341 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
6342 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
6343 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
6344 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
6347 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
6348 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
6349 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
6350 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
6351 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
6352 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
6353 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
6354 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
6355 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
6356 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
6357 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
6358 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
6359 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
6360 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
6361 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
6362 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
6363 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
6364 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
6365 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);
6367 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
6368 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
6369 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
6370 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
6371 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
6372 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
6373 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
6376 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
6377 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);
6379 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;
6381 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
6382 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
6383 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
6384 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
6385 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
6386 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);
6388 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;
6390 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
6391 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
6392 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);
6394 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;
6396 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
6397 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);
6399 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) return;
6401 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
6402 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
6403 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
6404 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
6405 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
6406 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
6407 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
6410 /******************************************************************************
6411 * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
6413 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6415 * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
6416 * hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
6417 * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
6418 * before calling this function.
6419 *****************************************************************************/
6421 e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6423 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");
6425 if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
6426 if (!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
6427 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
6428 hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
6429 hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
6430 hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
6431 hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
6433 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
6434 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
6436 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
6440 /******************************************************************************
6441 * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
6442 * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
6444 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6445 * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
6446 * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
6447 *****************************************************************************/
6449 e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6451 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");
6453 if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
6454 if ((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
6455 if (hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
6456 hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
6457 if (hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
6458 if (hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
6459 hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
6461 hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
6462 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
6466 if (hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
6467 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
6468 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
6469 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
6473 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
6477 /******************************************************************************
6478 * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
6480 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6481 * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
6482 * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
6483 *****************************************************************************/
6485 e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6486 struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
6492 /* First adjust the frame length. */
6494 /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
6495 * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
6496 * the packet as a good packet
6498 /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error. */
6500 /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received. */
6503 /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters */
6504 carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
6505 stats->gorcl += frame_len;
6506 /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
6507 * Received Count) was one before the addition,
6508 * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
6509 * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
6510 * This could be simplified if all environments supported
6513 if (carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
6515 /* Is this a broadcast or multicast? Check broadcast first,
6516 * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
6517 * a broadcast frame.
6519 if ((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
6520 /* Broadcast packet */
6522 else if (*mac_addr & 0x01)
6523 /* Multicast packet */
6526 if (frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
6527 /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
6534 /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
6535 * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
6537 if (frame_len == 64) {
6540 } else if (frame_len == 127) {
6543 } else if (frame_len == 255) {
6546 } else if (frame_len == 511) {
6549 } else if (frame_len == 1023) {
6552 } else if (frame_len == 1522) {
6557 /******************************************************************************
6558 * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
6560 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6561 *****************************************************************************/
6563 e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6566 uint16_t pci_ex_link_status;
6569 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6570 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6571 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6572 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_unknown;
6573 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
6574 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
6579 case e1000_80003es2lan:
6580 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
6581 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
6582 ret_val = e1000_read_pcie_cap_reg(hw,
6584 &pci_ex_link_status);
6586 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
6588 hw->bus_width = (pci_ex_link_status & PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_MASK) >>
6589 PCI_EX_LINK_WIDTH_SHIFT;
6592 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
6593 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
6594 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
6597 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
6598 hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
6599 e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;
6601 if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
6602 hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
6603 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
6604 } else if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
6605 hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
6606 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
6608 switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
6609 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
6610 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
6612 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
6613 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
6615 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
6616 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
6619 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
6623 hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
6624 e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
6629 /******************************************************************************
6630 * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
6631 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
6633 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6634 * offset - offset to write to
6635 * value - value to write
6636 *****************************************************************************/
6638 e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6642 unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
6643 unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
6645 e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
6646 e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
6649 /******************************************************************************
6650 * Estimates the cable length.
6652 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6653 * min_length - The estimated minimum length
6654 * max_length - The estimated maximum length
6656 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6659 * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
6660 * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
6661 * register to the minimum and maximum range.
6662 * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
6663 *****************************************************************************/
6665 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6666 uint16_t *min_length,
6667 uint16_t *max_length)
6670 uint16_t agc_value = 0;
6671 uint16_t i, phy_data;
6672 uint16_t cable_length;
6674 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");
6676 *min_length = *max_length = 0;
6678 /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
6679 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
6681 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6685 cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
6686 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
6688 /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
6689 switch (cable_length) {
6690 case e1000_cable_length_50:
6692 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
6694 case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
6695 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
6696 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
6698 case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
6699 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
6700 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
6702 case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
6703 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
6704 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
6706 case e1000_cable_length_140:
6707 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
6708 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
6711 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6714 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
6715 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
6719 cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;
6721 switch (cable_length) {
6722 case e1000_gg_cable_length_60:
6724 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
6726 case e1000_gg_cable_length_60_115:
6727 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
6728 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
6730 case e1000_gg_cable_length_115_150:
6731 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
6732 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
6734 case e1000_gg_cable_length_150:
6735 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
6736 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_180;
6739 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6742 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
6743 uint16_t cur_agc_value;
6744 uint16_t min_agc_value = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
6745 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6746 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
6747 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
6748 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
6749 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
6750 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
6751 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
6753 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
6757 cur_agc_value = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
6759 /* Value bound check. */
6760 if ((cur_agc_value >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
6761 (cur_agc_value == 0))
6762 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6764 agc_value += cur_agc_value;
6766 /* Update minimal AGC value. */
6767 if (min_agc_value > cur_agc_value)
6768 min_agc_value = cur_agc_value;
6771 /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
6772 if (agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
6773 agc_value -= min_agc_value;
6775 /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
6776 agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
6778 /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
6779 agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
6782 /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
6783 *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
6784 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
6785 (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
6786 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
6787 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
6788 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
6789 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2 ||
6790 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) {
6791 uint16_t cur_agc_index, max_agc_index = 0;
6792 uint16_t min_agc_index = IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1;
6793 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6794 {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
6795 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
6796 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
6797 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
6798 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
6799 for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
6800 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
6804 /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
6805 * fine gain values. The result is a number that can be put into
6806 * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
6807 cur_agc_index = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
6808 IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
6810 /* Array index bound check. */
6811 if ((cur_agc_index >= IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE) ||
6812 (cur_agc_index == 0))
6813 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6815 /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
6816 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] >
6817 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
6818 min_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
6819 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index] <
6820 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
6821 max_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
6823 agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index];
6826 agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] +
6827 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index]);
6828 agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
6830 /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
6831 *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
6832 (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
6833 *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
6836 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6839 /******************************************************************************
6840 * Check the cable polarity
6842 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6843 * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
6844 * 1 - Polarity is reversed.
6846 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6849 * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
6850 * Phy Status register. For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
6851 * 10 Mbps. If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
6852 * return 0. If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
6853 * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
6854 *****************************************************************************/
6856 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6857 e1000_rev_polarity *polarity)
6862 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");
6864 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
6865 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
6866 /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
6867 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6871 *polarity = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
6872 M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
6873 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6875 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
6876 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
6877 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
6878 /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
6879 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
6884 /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
6885 * find the polarity status */
6886 if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
6887 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
6889 /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
6890 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
6895 /* Check the polarity bits */
6896 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ?
6897 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6899 /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
6900 * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
6901 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED) ?
6902 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6904 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6905 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_EXTENDED_STATUS_CONTROL,
6909 *polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED) >>
6910 IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED_SHIFT) ?
6911 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6913 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6916 /******************************************************************************
6917 * Check if Downshift occured
6919 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6920 * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
6921 * 1 - Downshift ocured.
6923 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6926 * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
6927 * Specific Status register. For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
6928 * Link Health register. In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
6929 * read it immediately after link is established.
6930 *****************************************************************************/
6932 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6937 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");
6939 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
6940 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
6941 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
6942 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
6947 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
6948 } else if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
6949 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
6950 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6955 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
6956 M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
6957 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6958 /* e1000_phy_ife supports 10/100 speed only */
6959 hw->speed_downgraded = FALSE;
6962 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6965 /*****************************************************************************
6967 * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
6968 * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
6970 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6972 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
6973 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6975 ****************************************************************************/
6978 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6982 uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
6983 uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6984 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
6985 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
6986 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
6987 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
6988 uint16_t min_length, max_length;
6990 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");
6992 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
6993 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6996 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
6998 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
7002 if (speed == SPEED_1000) {
7004 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
7008 if ((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
7009 min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
7011 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
7012 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
7017 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
7019 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
7024 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
7027 if ((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
7028 (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {
7030 uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
7031 uint32_t idle_errs = 0;
7033 /* clear previous idle error counts */
7034 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
7039 for (i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
7041 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
7046 idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
7047 if (idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
7048 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;
7050 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
7051 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
7052 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
7059 ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
7064 if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
7065 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
7066 * the end of the routines. */
7067 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
7072 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
7073 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
7080 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7081 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
7084 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
7085 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
7089 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
7090 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
7092 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
7097 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7098 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
7104 /* Now enable the transmitter */
7105 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
7110 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
7113 if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
7114 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
7115 * the end of the routines. */
7116 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
7121 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
7122 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
7129 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7130 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
7133 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
7134 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
7138 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7139 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
7145 /* Now enable the transmitter */
7146 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
7151 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
7154 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7157 /*****************************************************************************
7158 * Set PHY to class A mode
7159 * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
7160 * 1. Do a PHY soft reset
7161 * 2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
7163 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7164 ****************************************************************************/
7166 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7169 uint16_t eeprom_data;
7171 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");
7173 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
7174 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
7175 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
7180 if ((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
7181 (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
7182 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
7185 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
7189 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
7193 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7196 /*****************************************************************************
7198 * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag. When
7199 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
7200 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
7201 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
7202 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7203 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
7205 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
7206 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7208 ****************************************************************************/
7211 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
7214 uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
7217 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");
7219 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2
7220 && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
7221 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7223 /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
7224 * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
7225 * Dx transitions and states */
7226 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7227 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
7230 } else if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7231 /* MAC writes into PHY register based on the state transition
7232 * and start auto-negotiation. SW driver can overwrite the settings
7233 * in CSR PHY power control E1000_PHY_CTRL register. */
7234 phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
7236 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
7242 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
7243 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7244 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
7245 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
7249 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7250 phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
7251 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7253 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
7254 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
7261 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
7262 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
7263 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
7265 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
7266 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7271 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7272 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7276 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
7277 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7282 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7283 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7289 } else if ((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
7290 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
7291 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
7293 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
7294 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7295 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
7296 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
7300 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7301 phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
7302 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7304 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
7305 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
7312 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
7313 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
7317 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7318 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
7323 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7326 /*****************************************************************************
7328 * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag. When
7329 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
7330 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
7331 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
7332 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7333 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
7335 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
7336 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7338 ****************************************************************************/
7341 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
7344 uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
7347 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");
7349 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
7350 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7352 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7353 phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
7355 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
7361 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7362 phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
7363 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7365 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
7366 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
7371 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
7372 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
7373 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
7375 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
7376 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7381 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7382 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7386 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
7387 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7392 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7393 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7402 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7403 phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
7404 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7406 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
7407 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
7412 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
7413 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
7417 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7418 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
7423 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7426 /******************************************************************************
7427 * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
7429 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7430 *****************************************************************************/
7432 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7435 uint16_t default_page = 0;
7438 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");
7440 switch (hw->mac_type) {
7441 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
7442 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
7445 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7448 /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
7450 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
7454 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
7458 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
7462 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
7463 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
7467 /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
7469 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
7473 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
7477 phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
7478 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
7482 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
7486 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7490 /*****************************************************************************
7491 * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
7493 * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
7494 ****************************************************************************/
7496 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
7499 uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
7500 uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
7502 length = (length >> 2);
7503 offset = (offset >> 2);
7505 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7506 *((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
7507 E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
7509 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7513 /*****************************************************************************
7514 * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
7515 * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
7516 * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
7518 * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
7520 * - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7521 ****************************************************************************/
7523 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw * hw)
7528 /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
7529 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7530 if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
7531 DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
7532 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
7534 /* check the previous command is completed */
7535 for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
7536 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7537 if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
7542 if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
7543 DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
7544 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
7546 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7549 /*****************************************************************************
7550 * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
7551 * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
7552 * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
7554 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7555 ****************************************************************************/
7557 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
7558 uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
7561 uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
7563 uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
7565 /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
7567 if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
7568 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
7571 tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
7572 prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
7577 data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
7578 for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7579 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7582 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
7583 length -= j - prev_bytes;
7587 remaining = length & 0x3;
7588 length -= remaining;
7590 /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
7593 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
7595 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7596 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7597 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7601 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
7604 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7606 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7612 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
7615 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7619 /*****************************************************************************
7620 * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
7622 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7623 ****************************************************************************/
7625 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw * hw,
7626 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
7632 /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
7635 uint16_t length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);
7637 sum = hdr->checksum;
7640 buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
7645 hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
7648 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
7649 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7650 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));
7651 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
7654 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7658 /*****************************************************************************
7659 * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
7660 * one write operation by the driver.
7662 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7663 ****************************************************************************/
7665 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw * hw)
7669 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7670 /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
7671 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
7673 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7677 /*****************************************************************************
7678 * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
7680 * returns - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
7681 ****************************************************************************/
7683 e1000_check_mng_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7687 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
7689 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7690 if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7691 (E1000_MNG_ICH_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
7693 } else if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7694 (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
7701 /*****************************************************************************
7702 * This function writes the dhcp info .
7703 ****************************************************************************/
7705 e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
7709 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;
7711 hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
7712 hdr.command_length = length;
7717 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
7718 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7719 ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
7721 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7722 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
7723 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
7724 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
7731 /*****************************************************************************
7732 * This function calculates the checksum.
7734 * returns - checksum of buffer contents.
7735 ****************************************************************************/
7737 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
7745 for (i=0; i < length; i++)
7748 return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
7751 /*****************************************************************************
7752 * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
7754 * returns - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
7755 ****************************************************************************/
7757 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7759 /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
7761 int32_t ret_val, checksum;
7762 boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
7763 struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
7764 uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
7766 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
7767 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
7768 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7769 ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
7770 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7771 checksum = hdr->checksum;
7773 if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
7774 checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
7775 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
7777 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
7786 hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
7790 /******************************************************************************
7791 * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
7793 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7795 * returns: - TRUE/FALSE
7797 *****************************************************************************/
7799 e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7802 uint32_t fwsm, factps;
7804 if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
7805 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
7807 if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
7808 !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
7810 if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
7811 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
7812 factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);
7814 if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7815 (e1000_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
7816 (factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
7819 if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
7826 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7829 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
7832 /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
7834 /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
7836 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
7839 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
7843 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
7847 /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
7848 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
7849 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
7853 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7857 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7861 if ((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
7865 /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
7868 /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
7870 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
7874 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
7878 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
7882 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
7886 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
7890 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
7891 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
7892 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
7896 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7900 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7904 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
7907 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7910 /***************************************************************************
7912 * Disables PCI-Express master access.
7914 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7918 ***************************************************************************/
7920 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7924 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");
7926 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7929 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
7930 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
7931 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
7934 /*******************************************************************************
7936 * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
7938 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7940 * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
7941 * caused the master requests to be disabled.
7942 * E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
7944 ******************************************************************************/
7946 e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7948 int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT; /* 80ms */
7950 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");
7952 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7953 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7955 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
7958 if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
7966 DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
7967 return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
7970 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7973 /*******************************************************************************
7975 * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
7977 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7979 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
7980 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7982 ******************************************************************************/
7984 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7986 int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
7988 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");
7990 switch (hw->mac_type) {
7997 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8000 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
8007 DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
8008 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8013 /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
8014 * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
8016 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
8019 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8022 /***************************************************************************
8023 * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
8025 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8027 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
8028 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8030 ***************************************************************************/
8032 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8034 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
8035 uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
8037 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");
8039 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8043 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8044 /* Separate *_CFG_DONE_* bit for each port */
8045 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
8046 cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE_PORT_1;
8051 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
8058 DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
8059 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8064 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8067 /***************************************************************************
8069 * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
8070 * adapter or Eeprom access.
8072 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8074 * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
8075 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8077 ***************************************************************************/
8079 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8084 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
8086 if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
8087 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8089 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
8090 /* Get the SW semaphore. */
8091 if (e1000_get_software_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
8092 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8095 /* Get the FW semaphore. */
8096 timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
8098 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8099 swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
8100 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8101 /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
8102 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8103 if (swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
8111 /* Release semaphores */
8112 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
8113 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
8114 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8117 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8120 /***************************************************************************
8121 * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
8123 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8127 ***************************************************************************/
8129 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8133 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
8135 if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
8138 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8139 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
8140 /* Release both semaphores. */
8141 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
8143 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
8144 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8147 /***************************************************************************
8149 * Obtaining software semaphore bit (SMBI) before resetting PHY.
8151 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8153 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to obtain semaphore.
8154 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8156 ***************************************************************************/
8158 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8160 int32_t timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
8163 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_semaphore");
8165 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
8166 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8170 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8171 /* If SMBI bit cleared, it is now set and we hold the semaphore */
8172 if (!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
8179 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
8180 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8183 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8186 /***************************************************************************
8188 * Release semaphore bit (SMBI).
8190 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8192 ***************************************************************************/
8194 e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8198 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_semaphore");
8200 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan) {
8204 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8205 /* Release the SW semaphores.*/
8206 swsm &= ~E1000_SWSM_SMBI;
8207 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8210 /******************************************************************************
8211 * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
8212 * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error. But it's up to
8213 * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
8215 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8217 * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
8220 *****************************************************************************/
8222 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8227 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8228 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
8229 return (fwsm & E1000_FWSM_RSPCIPHY) ? E1000_SUCCESS
8230 : E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET;
8233 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
8234 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
8235 return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
8236 E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
8240 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8244 /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
8245 * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
8246 * enabled. We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
8247 * if this is the case. We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
8249 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8253 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8254 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
8255 if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
8267 /******************************************************************************
8268 * Configure PCI-Ex no-snoop
8270 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
8271 * no_snoop - Bitmap of no-snoop events.
8273 * returns: E1000_SUCCESS
8275 *****************************************************************************/
8277 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t no_snoop)
8279 uint32_t gcr_reg = 0;
8281 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop");
8283 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_unknown)
8284 e1000_get_bus_info(hw);
8286 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
8287 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8290 gcr_reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
8291 gcr_reg &= ~(PCI_EX_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
8292 gcr_reg |= no_snoop;
8293 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr_reg);
8295 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8298 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
8300 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
8301 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
8302 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
8305 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8308 /***************************************************************************
8310 * Get software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
8311 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
8314 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8316 ***************************************************************************/
8318 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8320 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
8321 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
8323 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_flag");
8325 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8327 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8328 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
8329 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
8331 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8332 if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG)
8339 DEBUGOUT("FW or HW locks the resource too long.\n");
8340 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
8344 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8347 /***************************************************************************
8349 * Release software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
8350 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
8353 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8355 ***************************************************************************/
8357 e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8359 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
8361 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_flag");
8363 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8364 extcnf_ctrl= E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8365 extcnf_ctrl &= ~E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
8366 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
8372 /******************************************************************************
8373 * Reads a 16 bit word or words from the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
8376 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8377 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
8378 * data - word read from the EEPROM
8379 * words - number of words to read
8380 *****************************************************************************/
8382 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
8385 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8386 uint32_t flash_bank = 0;
8387 uint32_t act_offset = 0;
8388 uint32_t bank_offset = 0;
8392 /* We need to know which is the valid flash bank. In the event
8393 * that we didn't allocate eeprom_shadow_ram, we may not be
8394 * managing flash_bank. So it cannot be trusted and needs
8395 * to be updated with each read.
8397 /* Value of bit 22 corresponds to the flash bank we're on. */
8398 flash_bank = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL) ? 1 : 0;
8400 /* Adjust offset appropriately if we're on bank 1 - adjust for word size */
8401 bank_offset = flash_bank * (hw->flash_bank_size * 2);
8403 error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8404 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8407 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
8408 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL &&
8409 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified == TRUE) {
8410 data[i] = hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word;
8412 /* The NVM part needs a byte offset, hence * 2 */
8413 act_offset = bank_offset + ((offset + i) * 2);
8414 error = e1000_read_ich8_word(hw, act_offset, &word);
8415 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8421 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8426 /******************************************************************************
8427 * Writes a 16 bit word or words to the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
8428 * register. Actually, writes are written to the shadow ram cache in the hw
8429 * structure hw->e1000_shadow_ram. e1000_commit_shadow_ram flushes this to
8430 * the NVM, which occurs when the NVM checksum is updated.
8432 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8433 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to write
8434 * words - number of words to write
8435 * data - words to write to the EEPROM
8436 *****************************************************************************/
8438 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
8442 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8444 error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8445 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8448 /* A driver can write to the NVM only if it has eeprom_shadow_ram
8449 * allocated. Subsequent reads to the modified words are read from
8450 * this cached structure as well. Writes will only go into this
8451 * cached structure unless it's followed by a call to
8452 * e1000_update_eeprom_checksum() where it will commit the changes
8453 * and clear the "modified" field.
8455 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
8456 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
8457 if ((offset + i) < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS) {
8458 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified = TRUE;
8459 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word = data[i];
8461 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8466 /* Drivers have the option to not allocate eeprom_shadow_ram as long
8467 * as they don't perform any NVM writes. An attempt in doing so
8468 * will result in this error.
8470 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8473 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8478 /******************************************************************************
8479 * This function does initial flash setup so that a new read/write/erase cycle
8482 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8483 ****************************************************************************/
8485 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8487 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8488 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8491 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ich8_cycle_init");
8493 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8495 /* May be check the Flash Des Valid bit in Hw status */
8496 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.fldesvalid == 0) {
8497 DEBUGOUT("Flash descriptor invalid. SW Sequencing must be used.");
8501 /* Clear FCERR in Hw status by writing 1 */
8502 /* Clear DAEL in Hw status by writing a 1 */
8503 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr = 1;
8504 hsfsts.hsf_status.dael = 1;
8506 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8508 /* Either we should have a hardware SPI cycle in progress bit to check
8509 * against, in order to start a new cycle or FDONE bit should be changed
8510 * in the hardware so that it is 1 after harware reset, which can then be
8511 * used as an indication whether a cycle is in progress or has been
8512 * completed .. we should also have some software semaphore mechanism to
8513 * guard FDONE or the cycle in progress bit so that two threads access to
8514 * those bits can be sequentiallized or a way so that 2 threads dont
8515 * start the cycle at the same time */
8517 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
8518 /* There is no cycle running at present, so we can start a cycle */
8519 /* Begin by setting Flash Cycle Done. */
8520 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
8521 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8522 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8524 /* otherwise poll for sometime so the current cycle has a chance
8525 * to end before giving up. */
8526 for (i = 0; i < ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
8527 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8528 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
8529 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8534 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8535 /* Successful in waiting for previous cycle to timeout,
8536 * now set the Flash Cycle Done. */
8537 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
8538 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8540 DEBUGOUT("Flash controller busy, cannot get access");
8546 /******************************************************************************
8547 * This function starts a flash cycle and waits for its completion
8549 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8550 ****************************************************************************/
8552 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t timeout)
8554 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8555 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8556 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8559 /* Start a cycle by writing 1 in Flash Cycle Go in Hw Flash Control */
8560 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8561 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcgo = 1;
8562 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8564 /* wait till FDONE bit is set to 1 */
8566 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8567 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1)
8571 } while (i < timeout);
8572 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1 && hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 0) {
8573 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8578 /******************************************************************************
8579 * Reads a byte or word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8581 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8582 * index - The index of the byte or word to read.
8583 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
8584 * data - Pointer to the word to store the value read.
8585 *****************************************************************************/
8587 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
8588 uint32_t size, uint16_t* data)
8590 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8591 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8592 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8593 uint32_t flash_data = 0;
8594 int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8597 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_ich8_data");
8599 if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data == 0x0 ||
8600 index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
8603 flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
8604 hw->flash_base_addr;
8609 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8610 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8613 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8614 /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
8615 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size - 1;
8616 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_READ;
8617 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8619 /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
8621 /* TODO: TBD maybe check the index against the size of flash */
8623 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8625 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
8627 /* Check if FCERR is set to 1, if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
8628 * sequence a few more times, else read in (shift in) the Flash Data0,
8629 * the order is least significant byte first msb to lsb */
8630 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8631 flash_data = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0);
8633 *data = (uint8_t)(flash_data & 0x000000FF);
8634 } else if (size == 2) {
8635 *data = (uint16_t)(flash_data & 0x0000FFFF);
8639 /* If we've gotten here, then things are probably completely hosed,
8640 * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
8641 * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
8643 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8644 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8645 /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
8647 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8648 DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
8652 } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
8657 /******************************************************************************
8658 * Writes One /two bytes to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8660 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8661 * index - The index of the byte/word to read.
8662 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
8663 * data - The byte(s) to write to the NVM.
8664 *****************************************************************************/
8666 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size,
8669 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8670 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8671 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8672 uint32_t flash_data = 0;
8673 int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8676 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_ich8_data");
8678 if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data > size * 0xff ||
8679 index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
8682 flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
8683 hw->flash_base_addr;
8688 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8689 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8692 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8693 /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
8694 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size -1;
8695 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_WRITE;
8696 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8698 /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
8700 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8703 flash_data = (uint32_t)data & 0x00FF;
8705 flash_data = (uint32_t)data;
8707 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0, flash_data);
8709 /* check if FCERR is set to 1 , if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
8710 * sequence a few more times else done */
8711 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
8712 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8715 /* If we're here, then things are most likely completely hosed,
8716 * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
8717 * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
8719 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8720 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8721 /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
8723 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8724 DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
8728 } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
8733 /******************************************************************************
8734 * Reads a single byte from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8736 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8737 * index - The index of the byte to read.
8738 * data - Pointer to a byte to store the value read.
8739 *****************************************************************************/
8741 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t* data)
8743 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8746 status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, &word);
8747 if (status == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8748 *data = (uint8_t)word;
8754 /******************************************************************************
8755 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8756 * Performs verification by reading back the value and then going through
8757 * a retry algorithm before giving up.
8759 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8760 * index - The index of the byte to write.
8761 * byte - The byte to write to the NVM.
8762 *****************************************************************************/
8764 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte)
8766 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8767 int32_t program_retries = 0;
8769 DEBUGOUT2("Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
8771 error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
8773 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
8774 for (program_retries = 0; program_retries < 100; program_retries++) {
8775 DEBUGOUT2("Retrying \t Byte := %2.2X Offset := %d\n", byte, index);
8776 error = e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
8778 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS)
8783 if (program_retries == 100)
8784 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8789 /******************************************************************************
8790 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8792 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8793 * index - The index of the byte to read.
8794 * data - The byte to write to the NVM.
8795 *****************************************************************************/
8797 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t data)
8799 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8800 uint16_t word = (uint16_t)data;
8802 status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, word);
8807 /******************************************************************************
8808 * Reads a word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8810 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8811 * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
8812 * data - Pointer to a word to store the value read.
8813 *****************************************************************************/
8815 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t *data)
8817 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8818 status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
8822 /******************************************************************************
8823 * Erases the bank specified. Each bank may be a 4, 8 or 64k block. Banks are 0
8826 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8827 * bank - 0 for first bank, 1 for second bank
8829 * Note that this function may actually erase as much as 8 or 64 KBytes. The
8830 * amount of NVM used in each bank is a *minimum* of 4 KBytes, but in fact the
8831 * bank size may be 4, 8 or 64 KBytes
8832 *****************************************************************************/
8834 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t bank)
8836 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8837 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8838 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8840 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8842 int32_t sub_sector_size = 0;
8845 int32_t error_flag = 0;
8847 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8849 /* Determine HW Sector size: Read BERASE bits of Hw flash Status register */
8850 /* 00: The Hw sector is 256 bytes, hence we need to erase 16
8851 * consecutive sectors. The start index for the nth Hw sector can be
8852 * calculated as bank * 4096 + n * 256
8853 * 01: The Hw sector is 4K bytes, hence we need to erase 1 sector.
8854 * The start index for the nth Hw sector can be calculated
8856 * 10: The HW sector is 8K bytes
8857 * 11: The Hw sector size is 64K bytes */
8858 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x0) {
8859 /* Hw sector size 256 */
8860 sub_sector_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
8861 bank_size = ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
8862 iteration = ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE / ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
8863 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x1) {
8864 bank_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_4K;
8866 } else if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan &&
8867 hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x2) {
8868 /* 8K erase size invalid for ICH8 - added in for ICH9 */
8869 bank_size = ICH9_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_8K;
8871 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x3) {
8872 bank_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_64K;
8878 for (j = 0; j < iteration ; j++) {
8882 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8883 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
8888 /* Write a value 11 (block Erase) in Flash Cycle field in Hw flash
8890 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8891 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_ERASE;
8892 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8894 /* Write the last 24 bits of an index within the block into Flash
8895 * Linear address field in Flash Address. This probably needs to
8896 * be calculated here based off the on-chip erase sector size and
8897 * the software bank size (4, 8 or 64 KBytes) */
8898 flash_linear_address = bank * bank_size + j * sub_sector_size;
8899 flash_linear_address += hw->flash_base_addr;
8900 flash_linear_address &= ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK;
8902 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8904 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_ERASE_TIMEOUT);
8905 /* Check if FCERR is set to 1. If 1, clear it and try the whole
8906 * sequence a few more times else Done */
8907 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8910 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8911 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8912 /* repeat for some time before giving up */
8914 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8919 } while ((count < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT) && !error_flag);
8920 if (error_flag == 1)
8923 if (error_flag != 1)
8924 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8929 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
8930 uint32_t cnf_base_addr, uint32_t cnf_size)
8932 uint32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
8933 uint16_t word_addr, reg_data, reg_addr;
8936 /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
8937 word_addr = (uint16_t)(cnf_base_addr << 1);
8939 /* cnf_size is returned in size of dwords */
8940 for (i = 0; i < cnf_size; i++) {
8941 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2), 1, ®_data);
8945 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2 + 1), 1, ®_addr);
8949 ret_val = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8950 if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
8953 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, (uint32_t)reg_addr, reg_data);
8955 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8962 /******************************************************************************
8963 * This function initializes the PHY from the NVM on ICH8 platforms. This
8964 * is needed due to an issue where the NVM configuration is not properly
8965 * autoloaded after power transitions. Therefore, after each PHY reset, we
8966 * will load the configuration data out of the NVM manually.
8968 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8969 *****************************************************************************/
8971 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8973 uint32_t reg_data, cnf_base_addr, cnf_size, ret_val, loop;
8975 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
8976 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8978 /* Check if SW needs configure the PHY */
8979 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FEXTNVM);
8980 if (!(reg_data & FEXTNVM_SW_CONFIG))
8981 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8983 /* Wait for basic configuration completes before proceeding*/
8986 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
8989 } while ((!reg_data) && (loop < 50));
8991 /* Clear the Init Done bit for the next init event */
8992 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
8993 reg_data &= ~E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
8994 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
8996 /* Make sure HW does not configure LCD from PHY extended configuration
8997 before SW configuration */
8998 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8999 if ((reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_LCD_WRITE_ENABLE) == 0x0000) {
9000 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_SIZE);
9001 cnf_size = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_SIZE_EXT_PCIE_LENGTH;
9004 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
9005 cnf_base_addr = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_EXT_CNF_POINTER;
9006 /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
9007 cnf_base_addr >>= 16;
9009 /* Configure LCD from extended configuration region. */
9010 ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(hw, cnf_base_addr,
9017 return E1000_SUCCESS;